1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 /* readline include files */
66 #include "readline/readline.h"
67 #include "readline/history.h"
69 /* readline defines this. */
72 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
74 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
75 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
76 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
78 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint
*));
94 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
96 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
98 static void clear_command (char *, int);
100 static void catch_command (char *, int);
102 static void watch_command (char *, int);
104 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
106 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
110 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
111 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
112 struct symtab_and_line
,
115 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
117 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
121 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
123 struct obj_section
*, int);
125 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
127 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
130 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
132 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
134 static bpstat
bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*, bpstat
);
136 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
138 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
140 static void commands_command (char *, int);
142 static void condition_command (char *, int);
144 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
146 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
155 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
156 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
158 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
160 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
162 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
164 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
166 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
170 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
172 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
174 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
176 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
178 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
180 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
182 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
190 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
);
192 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
193 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
195 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
197 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
);
199 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
202 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
204 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
206 static void update_global_location_list (int);
208 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
210 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
212 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
214 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
216 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
218 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
220 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
222 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
224 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
226 static void skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
);
229 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
230 current breakpoint. */
232 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
235 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
237 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
238 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
239 static char *bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
240 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
243 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
244 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
245 if such is available. */
246 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
249 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
250 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
253 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
254 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
258 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
259 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
260 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
261 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
262 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
264 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
265 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
268 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
269 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
273 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
274 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
275 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
276 use hardware breakpoints. */
277 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
279 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
280 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
283 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
284 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
288 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
289 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
290 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
291 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
292 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
294 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
295 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
296 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
297 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
298 always_inserted_auto
,
303 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
305 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
306 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
308 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
309 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
310 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
312 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
314 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value
);
318 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
320 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
321 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
324 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
326 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
327 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
329 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
330 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
332 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
333 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
336 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
338 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
339 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
340 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
343 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not
344 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing
345 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
347 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
348 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
349 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
352 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
354 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
355 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
356 if ((B)->type == bp_tracepoint)
358 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
360 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
362 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
364 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
366 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
368 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
370 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS
371 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
372 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
373 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
375 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
377 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between
378 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for
379 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
380 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
381 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
383 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
385 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
386 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit
387 may still be reported by a target. */
388 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
390 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
392 int breakpoint_count
;
394 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
396 int tracepoint_count
;
398 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
400 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
402 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
405 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
408 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
410 breakpoint_count
= num
;
411 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
414 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
417 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
419 struct breakpoint
*b
;
425 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
426 for "break" command with no arg.
427 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
428 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
430 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
432 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
433 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
434 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
435 int default_breakpoint_line
;
436 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
439 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
440 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
442 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
443 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
444 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
446 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
448 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
449 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
451 get_number_trailer (char **pp
, int trailer
)
453 int retval
= 0; /* default */
457 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
458 return breakpoint_count
;
461 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
462 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
467 while (isalnum (*p
) || *p
== '_')
469 varname
= (char *) alloca (p
- start
+ 1);
470 strncpy (varname
, start
, p
- start
);
471 varname
[p
- start
] = '\0';
472 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname
), &val
))
476 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
484 while (*p
>= '0' && *p
<= '9')
487 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
489 /* Skip non-numeric token */
490 while (*p
&& !isspace((int) *p
))
492 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
498 if (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
500 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
501 while (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
512 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
514 get_number (char **pp
)
516 return get_number_trailer (pp
, '\0');
519 /* Parse a number or a range.
520 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
521 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
522 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
525 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
526 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
528 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
529 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
530 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
531 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
532 * pointer PP past <number2>.
536 get_number_or_range (char **pp
)
538 static int last_retval
, end_value
;
539 static char *end_ptr
;
540 static int in_range
= 0;
544 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
545 or to the first number of a range. */
546 last_retval
= get_number_trailer (pp
, '-');
551 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
552 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
553 and also remember the end of the final token. */
557 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr
))
558 end_ptr
++; /* skip white space */
559 end_value
= get_number (temp
);
560 if (end_value
< last_retval
)
562 error (_("inverted range"));
564 else if (end_value
== last_retval
)
566 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
567 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
576 error (_("negative value"));
579 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
580 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
581 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
582 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
585 if (++last_retval
== end_value
)
587 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
595 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
596 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
599 get_breakpoint (int num
)
601 struct breakpoint
*b
;
604 if (b
->number
== num
)
611 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
614 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
616 struct breakpoint
*b
;
621 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
624 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
626 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
629 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
631 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
632 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
640 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
641 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
645 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
647 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum
);
652 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
653 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
654 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
655 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
656 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
660 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
662 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
665 breakpoints_changed ();
666 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
670 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
673 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. */
676 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct command_line
*commands
)
678 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
679 b
->commands
= commands
;
680 breakpoints_changed ();
681 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
685 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
687 struct breakpoint
*b
;
690 struct command_line
*l
;
692 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
693 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
696 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
697 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
700 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
703 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
706 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
708 char *tmpbuf
= xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
710 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, tmpbuf
);
711 l
= read_command_lines (tmpbuf
, from_tty
, 1);
712 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
713 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, l
);
716 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
719 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
720 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
722 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
723 that are part of if and while bodies. */
724 enum command_control_type
725 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
727 struct breakpoint
*b
;
731 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
732 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
735 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
736 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
738 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
739 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
744 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
747 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
750 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
752 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
753 if (cmd
->body_count
!= 1)
754 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
755 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
756 list after it finishes execution. */
757 b
->commands
= copy_command_lines (cmd
->body_list
[0]);
758 breakpoints_changed ();
759 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
760 return simple_control
;
762 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
765 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
768 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
770 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
774 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
775 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
780 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
781 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
783 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
784 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
785 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
786 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
787 memaddr ... memaddr + len
788 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
789 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
791 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
794 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
796 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */
797 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
799 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is
800 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */
803 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
804 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
806 struct bp_location
*b
;
808 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
811 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant.
812 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can
813 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range).
815 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that
816 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching
819 if (b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
>= b
->address
820 && b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
<= memaddr
)
826 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
828 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
830 struct bp_location
*b
= bp_location
[bc
];
831 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
835 if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
836 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
839 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
842 if (b
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
843 && memaddr
+ len
<= b
->address
844 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
847 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b
))
849 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
850 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
853 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
855 bp_addr
= b
->target_info
.placed_address
;
856 bp_size
= b
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
858 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
859 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
863 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
864 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
868 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
869 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
871 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
872 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
873 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
877 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
879 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
880 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
883 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
884 b
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
889 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
891 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out
*uo
, void *args
)
893 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) args
;
896 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
897 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->insert
!= NULL
);
903 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
905 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
906 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
907 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
910 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
911 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
912 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
915 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
916 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
917 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
918 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
919 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
921 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
922 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
923 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
924 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
926 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
927 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
928 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
932 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression
*exp
, struct value
**valp
,
933 struct value
**resultp
, struct value
**val_chain
)
935 struct value
*mark
, *new_mark
, *result
;
936 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
944 /* Evaluate the expression. */
945 mark
= value_mark ();
948 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
950 result
= evaluate_expression (exp
);
954 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
955 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
956 error to some higher catcher. */
962 throw_exception (ex
);
967 new_mark
= value_mark ();
968 if (mark
== new_mark
)
973 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
974 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
976 && (!value_lazy (result
) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result
)))
981 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
982 decide which addresses to watch. */
983 *val_chain
= new_mark
;
984 value_release_to_mark (mark
);
988 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
989 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
990 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
991 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
993 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
995 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
996 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it. */
998 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1000 int within_current_scope
;
1001 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1002 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1004 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1006 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and
1007 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
1008 breakpoints if needed. */
1011 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1014 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1015 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1016 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1017 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1019 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1021 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1022 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1023 within_current_scope
= 1;
1026 struct frame_info
*fi
;
1027 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1028 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1029 if (within_current_scope
)
1033 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1035 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1044 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1045 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1046 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1047 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1048 be completely different objects. */
1049 value_free (b
->val
);
1054 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1055 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1056 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1057 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1058 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1059 if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1061 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1063 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1065 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1066 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1067 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1068 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1075 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
1076 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
1077 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
1078 if ((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
1081 int i
, mem_cnt
, other_type_used
;
1083 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint
,
1085 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1088 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1091 int target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1092 (bp_hardware_watchpoint
, i
+ mem_cnt
, other_type_used
);
1093 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1094 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1096 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1100 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1101 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1103 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1104 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1105 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1106 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1107 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1108 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1109 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1111 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1113 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1114 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1115 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1117 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1118 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1122 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1124 addr
= value_address (v
);
1125 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1127 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1129 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1132 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1133 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1136 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1138 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1139 loc
->address
= addr
;
1141 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1145 next
= value_next (v
);
1150 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1151 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1152 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1153 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1154 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1156 char *s
= b
->cond_string
;
1157 b
->loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1160 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1162 printf_filtered (_("\
1163 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1164 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1166 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
1167 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1168 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1171 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1172 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1176 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1177 inserted in the inferior. */
1179 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bpt
)
1181 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
))
1184 if (bpt
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1187 if (!bpt
->enabled
|| bpt
->shlib_disabled
|| bpt
->duplicate
)
1190 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1192 if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
1198 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1199 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1200 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1202 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1203 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1205 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bpt
,
1206 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1207 int *disabled_breaks
,
1208 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1212 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt
) || bpt
->inserted
)
1215 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1216 memset (&bpt
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bpt
->target_info
));
1217 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
= bpt
->address
;
1218 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bpt
->pspace
->aspace
;
1220 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1221 || bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1223 if (bpt
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1225 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1226 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1227 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1228 Two important cases are:
1229 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1230 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1231 hardware breakpoint.
1232 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1233 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1234 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1236 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1237 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1238 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1239 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1240 struct mem_region
*mr
1241 = lookup_mem_region (bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1245 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1248 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1250 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1251 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1253 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1255 if (new_type
!= bpt
->loc_type
)
1257 static int said
= 0;
1258 bpt
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1261 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
, _("\
1262 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1267 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1268 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1269 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1270 paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
));
1274 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1275 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1276 || bpt
->section
== NULL
1277 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)))
1279 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1281 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1282 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1285 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1290 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1291 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1292 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1294 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1295 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1296 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1297 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1298 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1299 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1302 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bpt
->address
,
1304 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1305 bpt
->overlay_target_info
= bpt
->target_info
;
1306 bpt
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1307 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1308 &bpt
->overlay_target_info
);
1310 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1311 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1312 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1315 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1316 if (section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
1318 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1319 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1320 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1323 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1328 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1329 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1336 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1337 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt
->pspace
, bpt
->address
))
1339 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1341 bpt
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1342 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1344 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1345 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1346 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1347 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1348 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1350 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1351 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1352 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt
->owner
->number
);
1356 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1358 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1359 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1360 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1361 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1365 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1366 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1367 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1368 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1369 "Error accessing memory address ");
1370 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
),
1372 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1373 safe_strerror (val
));
1384 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1385 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1386 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1387 && bpt
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1389 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1391 bpt
->watchpoint_type
);
1392 bpt
->inserted
= (val
!= -1);
1395 else if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1397 struct gdb_exception e
= catch_exception (uiout
, insert_catchpoint
,
1398 bpt
->owner
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
);
1399 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1400 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1402 bpt
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1406 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1407 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1408 so just return success. */
1415 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1416 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1420 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1422 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1423 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1425 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1428 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1429 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1432 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1433 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1434 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1436 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1438 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1440 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1441 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1443 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1444 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1446 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1452 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1453 removed locations above. */
1454 update_global_location_list (0);
1457 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1458 Throws exception on any error.
1459 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1460 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1462 insert_breakpoints (void)
1464 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1466 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1467 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1468 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1470 update_global_location_list (1);
1472 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1473 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1475 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1476 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1479 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1480 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1481 Both return zero if successful,
1482 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1485 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1487 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1488 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1491 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1492 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1494 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1495 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1497 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1498 there was an error. */
1499 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1501 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1503 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1505 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1506 CORE_ADDR last_addr
;
1508 if (!should_be_inserted (b
) || b
->inserted
)
1511 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1512 thread no longer exists. */
1513 if (b
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1514 && !valid_thread_id (b
->owner
->thread
))
1517 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
1519 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1520 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1521 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1522 insert breakpoints. */
1523 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1524 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1527 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1529 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
1530 if (inf
->waiting_for_vfork_done
)
1532 /* This is set when we're attached to the parent of the
1533 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child
1534 is running free, and we expect it to do an exec or
1535 exit, at which point the OS makes the parent
1536 schedulable again (and the target reports that the
1537 vfork is done). Until the child is done with the
1538 shared memory region, do not insert breakpoints in
1539 parent, otherwise the child could still trip on the
1540 parent's breakpoints. Since the parent is blocked
1541 anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1546 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1548 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1553 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1554 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1555 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1557 int some_failed
= 0;
1558 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1560 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1563 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1566 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1569 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1577 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1579 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1581 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1582 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1583 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1591 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1592 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1593 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1595 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1596 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1597 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1599 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1600 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1603 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1607 remove_breakpoints (void)
1609 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1612 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1615 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1620 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1623 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
1625 struct bp_location
*b
, **b_tmp
;
1627 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1629 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, b_tmp
)
1631 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1636 val
= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1645 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1647 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1650 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1652 if (b
->inserted
&& b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
1653 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1659 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1661 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1662 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1664 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1665 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
1666 struct inferior
*inf
;
1667 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1669 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
1673 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1674 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1676 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
1678 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1680 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1682 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1688 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1692 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1697 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1701 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
1703 static struct breakpoint
*
1704 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
1705 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
1707 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
1708 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1710 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
1713 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
1714 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
1716 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
1717 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
1718 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
1724 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1726 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1728 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1730 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1731 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1733 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1737 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1738 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1740 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1742 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
1744 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
1745 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
1749 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1750 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
1753 update_global_location_list (1);
1757 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1759 struct program_space
*pspace
;
1760 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1761 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1763 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
1765 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
1766 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1768 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1769 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1771 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile
)))
1774 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
1776 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1780 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1781 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1783 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1784 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1786 update_global_location_list (1);
1788 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1792 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1794 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1795 struct breakpoint
*temp
;
1796 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
1798 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1799 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1800 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1801 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1802 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1803 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1804 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1805 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1806 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
1807 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
1808 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
1810 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
1812 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
1815 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1816 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
1818 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1822 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1823 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
1825 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1829 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1830 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
1831 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
1832 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
1834 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1838 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1839 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
1841 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1845 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1847 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
)
1849 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1853 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1855 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1856 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1857 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1858 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1862 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1863 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1864 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1865 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1866 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1867 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1869 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1870 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1871 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1872 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1873 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1874 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1875 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1877 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1878 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1879 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1880 let finish_command delete it.
1882 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1883 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1884 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1885 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1886 solib breakpoints.) */
1888 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
1893 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1894 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1896 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
1898 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1902 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1903 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1904 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
1905 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
1906 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
1907 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
1911 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1913 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1915 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1916 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
1918 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
1919 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1921 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
1922 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
1923 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1925 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1929 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, mark_inserted
);
1931 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1935 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space.
1936 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
1937 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
1938 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
1939 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */
1942 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
1945 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1947 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
1948 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1951 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
1952 This should not ever happen. */
1953 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
1955 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1956 || b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1958 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1959 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1960 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1962 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1963 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1964 || b
->section
== NULL
1965 || !(section_is_overlay (b
->section
)))
1967 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
1969 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1970 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
1972 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
1976 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1977 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1978 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1980 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1981 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
1983 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1984 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
1985 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1986 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
1987 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
1989 target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
1990 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
1992 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1993 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
1996 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
1997 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1998 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
1999 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2000 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2001 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2004 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2005 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2006 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2007 else if (section_is_mapped (b
->section
))
2008 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2015 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2020 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2021 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2022 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2023 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (b
->pspace
, b
->address
))
2028 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2030 else if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2035 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2036 val
= target_remove_watchpoint (b
->address
, b
->length
,
2037 b
->watchpoint_type
);
2039 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2040 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (b
->inserted
))
2041 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2044 else if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2045 && breakpoint_enabled (b
->owner
)
2048 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->owner
->ops
->remove
!= NULL
);
2050 val
= b
->owner
->ops
->remove (b
->owner
);
2053 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2060 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2063 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2065 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2066 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2069 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2070 This should not ever happen. */
2071 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2073 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2075 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
2077 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, is
);
2079 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2083 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2086 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2088 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2090 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2091 if (bpt
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2095 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2096 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2098 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2101 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2102 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2103 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2108 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2110 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
2111 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2113 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2115 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2117 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2120 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2122 if (bpt
->pspace
== pspace
2123 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2127 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
2129 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2135 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2137 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2138 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
2141 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2142 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2146 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2147 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2148 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2150 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2151 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2152 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2153 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2155 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
2156 in insert_breakpoints. */
2158 value_free (b
->val
);
2168 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2169 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bpt
); ++ix
)
2170 free_bp_location (bpt
);
2171 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2174 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2175 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2176 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2177 match, not program space. */
2179 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2180 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2181 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2182 permanent breakpoint.
2183 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2184 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2185 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2186 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2187 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2189 enum breakpoint_here
2190 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2192 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2193 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2195 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2197 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2198 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2201 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2202 || bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2203 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2206 if (overlay_debugging
2207 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2208 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2209 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2210 else if (bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2211 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2213 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2217 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2220 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2223 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2225 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2228 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2229 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
2236 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2237 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism.
2238 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
2239 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2242 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2244 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2246 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2248 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2249 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2253 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2256 if (overlay_debugging
2257 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2258 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2259 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2267 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2268 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2271 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2273 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2276 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2282 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2286 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2288 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2289 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2291 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2293 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2297 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2300 if (overlay_debugging
2301 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2302 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2303 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2309 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2310 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2316 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2317 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2320 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2323 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2324 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2328 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2330 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2331 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2334 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2335 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2338 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2342 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2344 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2345 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2346 it is now time to do so. */
2348 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2349 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2353 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2355 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2356 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2357 it is now time to do so. */
2359 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2360 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= task
)
2364 if (overlay_debugging
2365 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2366 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2367 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2376 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2380 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
2382 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
2386 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
2388 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2389 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2390 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2394 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2395 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2398 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
2415 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2416 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2419 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
2423 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
2428 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2430 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
2431 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
2432 if (bs
->commands
!= NULL
)
2433 tmp
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
2434 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2436 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
2437 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
2441 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2451 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2454 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
2459 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2461 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
&& bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== breakpoint
)
2467 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2468 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2469 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2471 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2472 step_resume breakpoint.
2474 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2476 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
)
2480 gdb_assert (bsp
!= NULL
);
2482 current_thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
2484 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2486 if ((bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
2487 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2488 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== current_thread
2489 || bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== -1))
2490 return bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
2493 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2497 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2498 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2499 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2500 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2501 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2502 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2504 Return 1 otherwise. */
2507 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
2509 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2512 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2514 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2515 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2516 this function might return the same number more
2517 than once and this will look ugly. */
2518 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
? (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
->owner
: NULL
;
2519 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
2521 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2523 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
2527 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2530 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
2532 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2534 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2535 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2537 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2543 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2546 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2548 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2550 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
2552 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2553 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2554 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2555 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2560 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
2563 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2565 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
2567 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
2570 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2571 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2572 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2573 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2575 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2576 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2577 bpstat of the current thread. */
2580 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
2583 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2586 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2588 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
2591 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
2592 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
2594 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2597 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
2598 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2600 struct command_line
*cmd
;
2601 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
2603 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2605 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2606 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2607 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2608 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2609 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2610 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2611 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2612 the tree when we're done. */
2615 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd
);
2619 execute_control_command (cmd
);
2621 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2627 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2628 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
2630 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2632 if (target_can_async_p ())
2633 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2634 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2635 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2638 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2639 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2640 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2641 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2642 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2643 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2644 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2645 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2646 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2647 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2648 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2649 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2650 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2655 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2660 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2662 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2663 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
2664 && target_has_execution
2665 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
2666 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
2667 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2668 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2669 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2670 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2671 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat
))
2675 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2678 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
2681 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
2684 struct value_print_options opts
;
2685 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
2686 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
2690 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2691 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2692 by having it set different print_it values.
2694 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2695 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2696 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2697 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2698 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2700 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2701 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2702 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2703 don't print anything else.
2704 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2705 that something to be followed by a location.
2706 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2707 that something to be followed by a location.
2708 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2711 static enum print_stop_action
2712 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
2714 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2715 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2716 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
2717 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
2719 enum print_stop_action result
;
2721 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2722 which has since been deleted. */
2723 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
2724 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2725 bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
2728 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
2729 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
2734 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
2735 bp_temp
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
;
2736 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
2737 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
2740 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
2742 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2744 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
2745 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2747 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
2748 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
2749 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
2751 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
2752 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
2753 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
2756 case bp_shlib_event
:
2757 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2758 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2759 to shlib event" message.) */
2760 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2761 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2764 case bp_thread_event
:
2765 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2766 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2767 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2768 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2771 case bp_overlay_event
:
2772 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2773 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2774 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2777 case bp_longjmp_master
:
2778 /* These should never be enabled. */
2779 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2780 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2784 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2785 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2786 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2789 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2791 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2792 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2793 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2794 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2795 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2796 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2797 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2798 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2799 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2800 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2803 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2804 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2807 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2809 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2810 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2811 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2812 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
2813 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2814 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2817 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2818 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2820 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2821 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2824 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2826 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2827 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2828 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2829 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2830 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2835 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2838 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2839 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2840 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2842 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2843 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2844 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2845 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2848 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2852 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2855 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
2856 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2860 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2863 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
2864 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2869 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
2870 case bp_step_resume
:
2871 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2876 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2880 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2884 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2885 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2886 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2887 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2890 static enum print_stop_action
2891 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
2893 switch (bs
->print_it
)
2896 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2897 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2901 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2902 relevant messages. */
2903 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
2906 case print_it_normal
:
2908 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
2909 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
? bl
->owner
: NULL
;
2911 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2912 print_it_typical. */
2913 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2914 if (b
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
2915 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
2917 return print_it_typical (bs
);
2922 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
2923 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2928 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2929 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2930 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2931 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2932 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2933 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2936 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2937 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2938 code to print the location. An example is
2939 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2941 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2942 to also print the location part of the message.
2943 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2944 don't require a location appended to the end.
2945 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2946 further info to be printed.*/
2948 enum print_stop_action
2949 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
2953 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2954 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2955 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2956 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2957 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2959 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
2960 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2961 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2962 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
2966 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2967 with and nothing was printed. */
2968 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2971 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2972 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2973 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2974 make it pass through catch_errors. */
2977 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
2979 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
2980 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
2981 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
2985 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
2988 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat cbs
/* Current "bs" value */ )
2992 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
2994 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
;
2995 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
2996 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
2998 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3002 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3003 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3006 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3008 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3010 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3012 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3014 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3015 as not triggered. */
3017 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3018 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3019 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3020 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3025 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3027 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3028 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3030 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3031 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3032 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3033 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3035 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3038 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3039 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3043 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3044 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3045 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3047 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3050 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3051 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3052 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3054 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3058 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3066 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3067 because of check_errors). */
3068 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3069 #define WP_DELETED 1
3070 /* The value has changed. */
3071 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3072 /* The value has not changed. */
3073 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3075 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3076 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3078 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
3081 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3083 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3084 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3085 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3086 int within_current_scope
;
3088 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
3090 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3091 within_current_scope
= 1;
3094 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3095 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3096 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3098 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3099 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3101 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3102 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3103 if (within_current_scope
)
3105 struct symbol
*function
;
3107 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3108 if (function
== NULL
3109 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3110 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3111 within_current_scope
= 0;
3114 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
3115 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
3116 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
3117 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
3118 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark
3119 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue -
3120 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack
3121 is likely to be wrong. */
3122 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3123 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3125 if (within_current_scope
)
3126 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3127 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3132 if (within_current_scope
)
3134 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
3135 *long* time before we return to the command level and
3136 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
3137 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3139 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3140 struct value
*new_val
;
3142 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3143 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3144 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3146 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3148 release_value (new_val
);
3149 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3151 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3154 /* We will stop here */
3155 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3159 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
3160 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3161 /* We won't stop here */
3162 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3167 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3168 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3169 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3170 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3171 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3172 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3173 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3174 the first value assigned). */
3175 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3176 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3177 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3178 information here. */
3179 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3181 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3182 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3183 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3184 ui_out_text (uiout
, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3185 which its expression is valid.\n");
3187 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3188 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3189 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3195 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3196 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3197 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3199 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3200 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3202 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3204 if (b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
3205 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3206 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
3207 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
3208 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3209 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3211 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3214 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3215 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3216 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3220 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3221 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3222 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3223 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3224 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3225 (did not match the data address). */
3227 if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3228 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3229 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3230 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3233 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3235 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3237 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3238 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3239 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3243 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3245 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
!= NULL
);
3246 if (!b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (b
))
3253 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3254 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3257 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3259 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3260 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3262 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
3263 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3264 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
3265 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3269 int must_check_value
= 0;
3271 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3272 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3274 must_check_value
= 1;
3275 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3276 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3277 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3279 must_check_value
= 1;
3280 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3281 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3282 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3283 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3284 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3285 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3286 must_check_value
= 1;
3288 if (must_check_value
)
3290 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3292 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3293 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3295 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3299 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3300 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3303 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3304 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3306 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3307 the value has changed. This is for targets
3308 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
3309 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3313 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3314 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3315 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3317 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3318 the value hasn't changed. */
3319 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3327 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3328 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
3329 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3330 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3331 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3332 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3333 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3337 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3339 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3340 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3341 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3342 anything for this watchpoint. */
3343 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3350 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3351 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3352 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3354 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
3356 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3357 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3358 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3360 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
3361 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3365 int value_is_zero
= 0;
3367 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3368 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3369 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3371 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
3372 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3374 if (bl
->cond
&& bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3376 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3377 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3378 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3379 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3381 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3383 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3384 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3385 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3386 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3387 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3389 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3391 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, (bl
->cond
),
3392 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3394 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3395 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3397 if (bl
->cond
&& value_is_zero
)
3401 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
3405 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
3408 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3410 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3418 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3419 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3421 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3422 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3424 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3426 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3428 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3429 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3430 several reasons concurrently.)
3432 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3433 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3436 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3437 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
3439 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
3440 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3441 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3442 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3443 struct bpstats root_bs
[1];
3444 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3445 bpstat bs
= root_bs
;
3447 int need_remove_insert
, update_locations
= 0;
3449 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3453 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3456 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3457 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3458 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3459 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3461 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
3464 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
3467 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3469 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, bs
); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3471 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3472 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3477 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
3481 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3482 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
3483 /* We do not stop for these. */
3486 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
3490 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
)
3493 /* We will stop here */
3494 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
3496 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3497 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3498 update_locations
= 1;
3502 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
3504 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0
3505 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0)))
3507 bs
->commands
= bs
->commands
->next
;
3510 bs
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
3513 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3514 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
3515 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3518 /* Delay this call which would break the ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration above. */
3519 if (update_locations
)
3520 update_global_location_list (0);
3522 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3524 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
3527 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, bs
);
3528 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3531 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3535 bs
->next
= NULL
; /* Terminate the chain */
3536 bs
= root_bs
->next
; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3538 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3539 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3540 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3542 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3546 need_remove_insert
= 0;
3548 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3550 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
3551 && (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3552 || bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3553 || bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
3555 /* remove/insert can invalidate bs->breakpoint_at, if this
3556 location is no longer used by the watchpoint. Prevent
3557 further code from trying to use it. */
3558 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
3559 need_remove_insert
= 1;
3562 if (need_remove_insert
)
3564 remove_breakpoints ();
3565 insert_breakpoints ();
3568 return root_bs
->next
;
3571 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3573 bpstat_what (bpstat bs
)
3575 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3578 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3581 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3584 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3587 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3590 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3593 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3596 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3599 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3602 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3605 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3608 /* We hit the jit event breakpoint. */
3611 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3615 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3616 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3617 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3618 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3619 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3620 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3621 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3622 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3623 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3624 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3625 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3626 #define jit BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_JIT
3628 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3629 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3630 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3631 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3633 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3634 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3635 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3636 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3637 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3638 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3639 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3641 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3642 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3643 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3644 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3647 kc < jit clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3648 sgl < jit shl slr sn sr ss
3649 slr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3650 clr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3657 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3658 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3659 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3660 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3661 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3663 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3664 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3665 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3667 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3668 table
[(int) class_last
][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST
] =
3671 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl jit */
3672 /* no_effect */ {kc
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, clr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3673 /* wp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3674 /* wp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3675 /* bp_nostop */ {sgl
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, slr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3676 /* bp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3677 /* bp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3678 /* long_jump */ {slr
, ss
, sn
, slr
, slr
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3679 /* long_resume */ {clr
, ss
, sn
, err
, err
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3680 /* step_resume */ {sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
},
3681 /* shlib */ {shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, sr
, shl
, shl
},
3682 /* jit_event */ {jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, sr
, jit
, jit
}
3696 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
3697 struct bpstat_what retval
;
3699 retval
.call_dummy
= 0;
3700 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3702 enum class bs_class
= no_effect
;
3703 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
3704 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3705 which has since been deleted. */
3707 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== NULL
)
3708 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3710 switch (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
)
3716 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3722 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3724 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3727 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3730 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3731 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3732 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3736 bs_class
= wp_noisy
;
3738 bs_class
= wp_silent
;
3741 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3742 This requires no further action. */
3743 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3746 bs_class
= long_jump
;
3748 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3749 bs_class
= long_resume
;
3751 case bp_step_resume
:
3754 bs_class
= step_resume
;
3757 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3758 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3760 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3761 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3763 case bp_shlib_event
:
3764 bs_class
= shlib_event
;
3767 bs_class
= jit_event
;
3769 case bp_thread_event
:
3770 case bp_overlay_event
:
3771 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3772 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3778 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3780 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3783 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3784 This requires no further action. */
3785 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3788 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3789 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3790 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3791 retval
.call_dummy
= 1;
3794 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
3795 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
3797 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3798 _("bpstat_what: bp_tracepoint encountered"));
3801 current_action
= table
[(int) bs_class
][(int) current_action
];
3803 retval
.main_action
= current_action
;
3807 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3808 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3809 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3812 bpstat_should_step (void)
3814 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3816 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
3823 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3824 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3826 struct ui_stream
*stb
)
3828 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3831 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
3836 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
3839 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
3840 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
3841 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
3842 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent
);
3843 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
3845 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
3846 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
3848 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3850 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
3851 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
3854 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
3857 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
3861 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
3865 print_address_symbolic (loc
->address
, stb
->stream
, demangle
, "");
3866 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
3869 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3872 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3874 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3875 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3877 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
3878 int print_address_bits
,
3881 struct command_line
*l
;
3883 struct ep_type_description
3888 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
3890 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
3891 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
3892 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
3893 {bp_until
, "until"},
3894 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
3895 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
3896 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
3897 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
3898 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
3899 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
3900 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
3901 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
3902 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
3903 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
3904 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
3905 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
3906 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
3907 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
3908 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
3909 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
3910 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
3913 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
3914 char wrap_indent
[80];
3915 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
3916 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
3917 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
3919 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
3920 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
3921 struct value_print_options opts
;
3923 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
3925 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
3926 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3927 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3931 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
3932 header_of_multiple
= 1;
3937 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
3941 if (part_of_multiple
)
3944 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
3945 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
3950 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
3955 if (part_of_multiple
)
3956 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
3959 if (((int) b
->type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
3960 || ((int) b
->type
!= bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].type
))
3961 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3962 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3964 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].description
);
3969 if (part_of_multiple
)
3970 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
3972 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
3977 if (part_of_multiple
)
3978 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
3980 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
3981 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
3982 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
3986 strcpy (wrap_indent
, " ");
3987 if (opts
.addressprint
)
3989 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
3990 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
3992 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
3995 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
3997 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
3998 all locations, calling it here is not likely
3999 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
4000 just one location. */
4001 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4002 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4008 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4009 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4013 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4014 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4015 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4016 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4017 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4018 is relatively readable). */
4019 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4020 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4022 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4026 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4030 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4031 case bp_step_resume
:
4032 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4034 case bp_shlib_event
:
4035 case bp_thread_event
:
4036 case bp_overlay_event
:
4037 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4040 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4043 if (header_of_multiple
)
4044 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4045 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4046 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4048 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4049 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4052 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4053 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, wrap_indent
, stb
);
4060 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4063 && !header_of_multiple
4065 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4066 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4067 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4068 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4070 struct inferior
*inf
;
4073 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4075 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4080 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4083 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4084 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4089 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4091 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4093 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4094 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4095 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4096 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4098 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4100 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4101 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4105 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4107 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4110 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4111 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4113 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4114 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4115 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4118 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
4120 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4121 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4122 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4124 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4125 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4127 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4128 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4129 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4132 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4134 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4135 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4136 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4137 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4140 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4142 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4143 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4144 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4146 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4147 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4148 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4149 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4150 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4152 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4155 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
4156 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4157 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4158 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4159 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4161 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4164 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4165 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4166 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4170 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4172 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4175 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4176 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4177 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4180 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
4182 annotate_field (10);
4183 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4184 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
4185 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4188 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->step_count
)
4190 annotate_field (11);
4191 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstep count ");
4192 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "step", b
->step_count
);
4193 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4196 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->actions
)
4198 struct action_line
*action
;
4199 annotate_field (12);
4200 for (action
= b
->actions
; action
; action
= action
->next
)
4202 ui_out_text (uiout
, " A\t");
4203 ui_out_text (uiout
, action
->action
);
4204 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4208 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
4211 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
4212 else if (b
->exp_string
)
4213 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
4216 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
4217 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4221 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4222 struct bp_location
**last_loc
, int print_address_bits
,
4225 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
4226 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4228 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4229 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4230 locations, if any. */
4231 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
4233 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
4234 disabled, we print it as if it had
4235 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
4236 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4238 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
4239 several locations internally, that's no a property
4242 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
4243 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)
4244 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4246 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4248 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
4249 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
4250 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4256 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4258 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4259 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4261 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4263 int addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (b
->gdbarch
);
4264 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4265 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4268 return print_address_bits
;
4271 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4277 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
4279 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
4280 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4281 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
4284 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
4286 int print_address_bits
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4287 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, print_address_bits
, 0);
4295 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
, char **error_message
)
4297 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
4299 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4301 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
4302 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
4308 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
4309 catchpoints, et.al.). */
4312 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
4314 return (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4315 || b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4316 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4317 || b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
4318 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
4319 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
4320 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
4321 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
);
4324 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
4325 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
4326 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
4329 breakpoint_1 (int bnum
, int allflag
)
4331 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4332 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
4333 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
4334 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
4335 struct value_print_options opts
;
4336 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4338 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4340 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the
4341 size required for address fields. */
4342 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
4345 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4347 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4349 int addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4350 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4351 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4353 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
4357 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4359 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4363 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4366 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4367 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
4368 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4370 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
4371 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4373 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 14, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
4374 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4376 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
4377 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4379 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
4380 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4382 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4384 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4385 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4387 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4389 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4391 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
4392 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
4393 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4394 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
4398 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4400 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
4402 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4403 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4406 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
4408 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
4411 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
4413 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
4418 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
4419 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
4422 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
4423 there have been breakpoints? */
4424 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
4428 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4433 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4435 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 0);
4439 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4444 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4446 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 1);
4450 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4451 struct program_space
*pspace
,
4452 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
4454 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
4455 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4457 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4458 && bl
->address
== pc
4459 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
4465 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
4466 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
4470 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4471 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4472 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
4475 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4478 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
4482 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4483 else /* if (others == ???) */
4484 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4486 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
4489 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
4490 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
4491 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4492 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4493 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
4494 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4495 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
4496 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
4497 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
4499 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
4503 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
4505 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4506 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
4507 printf_filtered (".\n");
4511 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4512 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4515 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
4516 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
4519 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
4520 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
4521 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
4522 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
4523 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
4526 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4527 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4528 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4529 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4531 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4532 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of
4533 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero:
4536 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4538 bp_access_watchpoint
4542 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4544 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
4546 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
4547 && type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4548 && type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
4549 && type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
4550 && type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
4553 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
4554 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
4555 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
4556 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
4559 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
4560 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
4562 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4563 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
4568 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
4569 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
4574 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
4575 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
4577 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4578 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
4580 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
4583 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4584 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4585 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4586 this function is simply the identity function. */
4589 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4590 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
4592 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
4594 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4597 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
4598 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4599 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
4600 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
4601 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
4603 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4604 have their addresses modified. */
4609 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
4611 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4612 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4613 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
4615 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4616 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4618 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
4619 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
4621 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
4625 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4627 static struct bp_location
*
4628 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4630 struct bp_location
*loc
, *loc_p
;
4632 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
4633 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
4637 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
4647 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4648 case bp_step_resume
:
4649 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4651 case bp_shlib_event
:
4652 case bp_thread_event
:
4653 case bp_overlay_event
:
4655 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4656 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
4658 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4659 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
4661 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4662 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4663 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4664 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
4668 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
4671 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4677 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4682 if (loc
->function_name
)
4683 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
4688 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4689 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4690 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
4692 static struct breakpoint
*
4693 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4696 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
4698 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
4699 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
4702 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
4703 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
4704 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
4706 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4709 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
4711 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
4712 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
4713 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
4714 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
4716 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
4718 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4719 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4720 of increasing numbers. */
4722 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
4724 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
4734 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4736 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4738 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4739 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4740 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4742 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &(loc
->function_name
),
4744 if (loc
->function_name
)
4745 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
4749 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
4750 static struct gdbarch
*
4751 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
4754 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
4756 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
4761 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4762 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4763 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4764 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4765 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4766 is also returned as the value of this function.
4768 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4769 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4770 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4771 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4772 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4773 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4774 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4777 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4778 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
4780 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, bptype
);
4781 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
4782 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
4784 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
4786 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
4788 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
4789 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
4791 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4792 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4793 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4794 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4795 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4796 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4797 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
, sal
.pc
, b
->type
);
4799 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
4800 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
4801 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
4802 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
4803 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4805 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
4806 breakpoint resetting. */
4807 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4809 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
4810 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
4812 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
4813 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
4814 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
4816 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
);
4818 breakpoints_changed ();
4824 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4825 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4827 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4829 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4830 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
4832 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4833 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4834 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4835 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4836 but it's easy to implmement. */
4837 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4841 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4842 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call
4843 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4846 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
4848 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
4850 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
4851 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
4852 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
4853 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
4854 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
4855 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
4856 && b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
4858 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
4859 clone
->type
= bp_longjmp
;
4860 clone
->thread
= thread
;
4864 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
4866 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
4868 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
4870 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
4871 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
)
4873 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
4874 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4879 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4881 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4884 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
4886 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4887 update_global_location_list (1);
4888 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
4893 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4895 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4898 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
4900 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4901 update_global_location_list (0);
4902 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
4907 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
4909 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4911 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
4913 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4914 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4916 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
4918 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4924 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4926 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
4928 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
4929 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
4930 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4931 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4934 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4937 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals_p
;
4938 char ***addr_string_p
;
4942 struct lang_and_radix
4948 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
4951 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
4953 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4955 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
4956 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4961 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4963 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
4965 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
4966 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
4967 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4968 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4972 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
4974 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4976 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
4977 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4981 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
4982 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4985 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4987 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
4989 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
4991 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
4992 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
4993 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
4994 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
4995 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
4996 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
4997 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
4998 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
4999 || (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
))
5000 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
5001 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5003 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
5005 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
5009 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5014 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
5015 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5018 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
5020 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5021 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
5023 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
5024 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
5025 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
5026 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
5027 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
5028 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
5031 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5033 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5034 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5035 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
5036 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
5037 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5038 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5039 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
5041 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5042 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
5043 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
5044 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
5046 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
5048 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5049 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
5052 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
5057 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
5059 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5062 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5064 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5067 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5070 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5072 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5075 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5079 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5081 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5084 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5086 static enum print_stop_action
5087 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5089 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5090 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
5091 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5092 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5095 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5098 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5100 struct value_print_options opts
;
5102 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5104 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5105 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5106 is relatively readable). */
5107 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5108 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5110 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
5111 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5113 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5114 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5115 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5116 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5120 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5124 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5126 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
5129 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
5131 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
5135 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
5136 print_it_catch_fork
,
5137 print_one_catch_fork
,
5138 print_mention_catch_fork
5141 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5144 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5146 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5149 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5152 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5154 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5157 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5161 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5163 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5166 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5168 static enum print_stop_action
5169 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5171 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5172 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
5173 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5174 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5177 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5180 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5182 struct value_print_options opts
;
5184 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5185 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5186 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5187 is relatively readable). */
5188 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5189 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5191 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
5192 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5194 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5195 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5196 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5197 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5201 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5205 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5207 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
5210 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
5212 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
5216 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
5217 print_it_catch_vfork
,
5218 print_one_catch_vfork
,
5219 print_mention_catch_vfork
5222 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5226 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5228 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5230 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5231 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5232 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5237 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5241 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5243 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
5244 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
= old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
5246 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
5247 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
5249 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
5250 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
5252 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5253 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
5257 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5258 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5259 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5260 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5261 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5264 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5268 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5270 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5272 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5273 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5274 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5279 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5283 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5284 /* Shouldn't happen. */
5286 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5287 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
5291 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5292 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5293 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5294 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5295 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5298 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5302 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5304 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint.
5305 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same
5306 syscall we are catching. */
5307 int syscall_number
= 0;
5309 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
5312 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
5313 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5317 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5319 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
5329 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5332 static enum print_stop_action
5333 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5335 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
5336 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
5337 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
5338 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
5340 struct target_waitstatus last
;
5342 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
5345 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
5347 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
5349 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5352 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
5354 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
5356 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
5358 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
5359 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
5360 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5361 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
5362 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
5363 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5365 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5367 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5370 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5374 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5375 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5377 struct value_print_options opts
;
5379 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5380 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5381 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5382 is relatively readable). */
5383 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5384 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5387 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
5388 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5389 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
5391 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
5393 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5396 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
5398 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5403 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5406 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
5408 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
5410 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
5411 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
5415 /* Remove the last comma. */
5416 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
5417 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
5420 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
5421 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5424 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5428 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5430 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5434 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5435 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
5437 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
5440 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5444 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5447 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
5449 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
5451 printf_filtered (")");
5454 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
5458 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
5460 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
5462 insert_catch_syscall
,
5463 remove_catch_syscall
,
5464 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
5465 print_it_catch_syscall
,
5466 print_one_catch_syscall
,
5467 print_mention_catch_syscall
5470 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
5473 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5475 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
5478 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
5479 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
5480 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
5481 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
5483 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5484 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5485 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5486 to the catchpoint. */
5488 static struct breakpoint
*
5489 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5491 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5493 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5494 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5497 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
5499 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
5500 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
5501 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
5503 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
5505 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
5506 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5507 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
5513 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
5515 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5516 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5517 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5518 to the catchpoint. */
5520 static struct breakpoint
*
5521 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5522 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5524 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5525 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5528 update_global_location_list (1);
5534 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5535 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
5536 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5538 struct breakpoint
*b
5539 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5541 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
5543 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5546 /* Exec catchpoints. */
5549 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5551 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5555 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5557 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5561 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5563 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &b
->exec_pathname
);
5566 static enum print_stop_action
5567 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5569 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5570 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
5572 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5576 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5578 struct value_print_options opts
;
5580 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5582 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5583 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5584 is relatively readable). */
5585 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5586 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5588 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
5589 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
5591 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
5592 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
5593 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5598 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5600 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
5603 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
5607 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
5608 print_it_catch_exec
,
5609 print_one_catch_exec
,
5610 print_mention_catch_exec
5614 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
5615 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5617 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
5618 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5619 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
5621 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
5623 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
5626 update_global_location_list (1);
5630 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
5632 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5637 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5645 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
5647 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5650 *other_type_used
= 0;
5653 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5655 if (b
->type
== type
)
5657 else if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5658 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
5659 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5660 *other_type_used
= 1;
5667 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
5669 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5673 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5674 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5675 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5676 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5677 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5679 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
5680 update_global_location_list (0);
5686 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
5688 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5692 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5693 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5694 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5695 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5696 && (b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
))
5698 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5699 update_global_location_list (1);
5705 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
5707 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5712 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5715 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5716 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5717 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5719 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
5725 update_global_location_list (0);
5727 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
5731 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
5733 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5736 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
5740 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5743 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5744 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5745 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5747 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5753 breakpoint_re_set ();
5757 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
5758 at address specified by SAL.
5759 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
5762 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
5763 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
5765 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5767 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
5769 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
5771 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
5772 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5773 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5774 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
5776 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
5777 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
5778 single thread of control. */
5779 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
5780 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
5782 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5787 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
5791 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
5793 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
5795 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
5799 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
5800 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
5801 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
5803 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
5804 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
5805 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
5806 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
5807 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
5809 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
5810 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
5812 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
5814 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
5815 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
5816 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
5817 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
5819 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5820 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5821 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
5823 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
5828 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5831 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5833 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
5835 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
5836 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
5838 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
5842 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
5845 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5848 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
5849 struct value_print_options opts
;
5851 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5853 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
5854 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
5855 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
5856 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
5857 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
5859 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
5860 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
5865 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b
->number
);
5868 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
5869 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
5870 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5871 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
5872 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
5873 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
5875 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5876 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
5877 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
5878 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5879 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
5880 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
5881 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
5883 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5884 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
5885 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
5886 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5887 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
5888 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
5889 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
5891 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5892 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
5893 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
5894 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5895 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
5896 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
5897 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
5900 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5905 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
5906 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
5908 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
5909 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
5912 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5913 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5918 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
5922 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5927 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
5928 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
5935 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5936 case bp_step_resume
:
5938 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5939 case bp_shlib_event
:
5940 case bp_thread_event
:
5941 case bp_overlay_event
:
5943 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5949 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
5953 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
5957 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
5959 printf_filtered (" at ");
5960 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
5964 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
5965 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
5969 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
5971 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5973 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
5978 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5980 printf_filtered ("\n");
5984 static struct bp_location
*
5985 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5986 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
5988 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
5990 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
5991 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
5994 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
5996 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
5997 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
5998 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
5999 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
6000 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
6001 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
6002 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
6004 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
6009 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
6010 return 0 otherwise. */
6013 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6017 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
6018 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
6019 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
6022 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
6024 addr
= loc
->address
;
6025 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
6027 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
6031 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
6033 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
6034 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
6035 breakpoints they are permanent. */
6036 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6038 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
6039 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
6041 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
6042 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
6045 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
6052 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
6053 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
6054 as condition expression. */
6057 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6058 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
6060 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6061 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6062 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
, int enabled
)
6064 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
6067 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6069 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
6070 int target_resources_ok
=
6071 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
6073 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
6074 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
6075 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
6076 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
6079 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
6081 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6083 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
6084 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6088 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
6090 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6092 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
6093 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
6098 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6099 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6100 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6104 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
6105 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6106 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6107 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
6109 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
6111 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6112 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6113 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6114 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6120 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6123 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
6124 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
6128 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
6129 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
6131 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
6136 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
6138 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
6141 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6147 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
6148 elements to fill the void space. */
6150 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
6152 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
6153 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
6155 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
6156 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
6161 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
6162 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
6163 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
6164 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
6165 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
6166 single expanded sal, return the original.
6168 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
6169 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
6170 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
6171 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
6172 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
6174 static struct symtabs_and_lines
6175 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6177 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
6178 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
6179 char *original_function
= NULL
;
6182 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6184 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
6185 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
6186 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
6189 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6190 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6196 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6198 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
6200 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
6202 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
6203 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
6205 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
6207 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
6208 processing, just return the original sal. */
6209 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6211 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6212 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6213 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6214 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6218 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
6220 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
6221 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6223 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
6224 char *this_function
;
6226 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
6228 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
6230 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
6231 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
6234 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
6236 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
6239 else if (func_addr
== pc
)
6241 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
6243 struct symbol
*sym
= find_pc_function (pc
);
6245 expanded
.sals
[i
] = find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6248 /* Since find_pc_partial_function returned true,
6249 we should really always find the section here. */
6250 struct obj_section
*section
= find_pc_section (pc
);
6253 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
6254 = get_objfile_arch (section
->objfile
);
6256 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch
, pc
);
6265 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6267 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a
6268 line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6269 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
6273 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6275 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
6277 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
6278 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
6279 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
6280 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6282 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6283 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6284 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6291 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6292 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
6303 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
6304 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
6305 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
6306 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
6307 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
6308 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
6309 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
6310 we take just a single condition string.
6312 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
6313 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
6314 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
6315 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
6316 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
6319 create_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6320 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char **addr_string
,
6322 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6323 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6324 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
6328 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6330 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
6331 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
6333 create_breakpoint (gdbarch
, expanded
, addr_string
[i
],
6334 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
6335 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6339 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
6340 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
6341 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
6342 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
6345 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
6346 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6347 char ***addr_string
,
6350 char *addr_start
= *address
;
6351 *addr_string
= NULL
;
6352 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
6354 if ((*address
) == NULL
6355 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
6357 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
6359 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6360 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
6361 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
6362 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6363 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
6364 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
6365 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
6366 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
6367 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
6369 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
6370 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
6371 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
6372 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
6374 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6376 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
6380 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
6384 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
6385 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
6386 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
6387 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
6388 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
6389 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
6391 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
6393 if (default_breakpoint_valid
6395 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
6396 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
6397 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
6398 default_breakpoint_line
, addr_string
,
6401 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
6402 addr_string
, not_found_ptr
);
6404 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
6405 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && *addr_string
== NULL
)
6406 *addr_string
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char **));
6407 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
6410 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6412 /* Add the string if not present. */
6413 if ((*addr_string
)[i
] == NULL
)
6414 (*addr_string
)[i
] = savestring (addr_start
, (*address
) - addr_start
);
6420 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
6421 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
6424 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6428 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6429 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
6433 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*ui
, void *data
)
6435 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
*args
= data
;
6437 parse_breakpoint_sals (args
->arg_p
, args
->sals_p
, args
->addr_string_p
,
6438 args
->not_found_ptr
);
6441 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
6442 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
6443 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
6444 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
6445 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
6446 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
6448 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6449 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
6451 *cond_string
= NULL
;
6457 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
6458 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
6459 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
6464 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
6467 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
6469 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
6471 struct expression
*expr
;
6473 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
6474 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
6477 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
6478 cond_end
- cond_start
);
6480 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
6486 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6488 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
6489 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
6490 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
6492 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
6498 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6500 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
6501 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
6502 error (_("Unknown task %d\n"), *task
);
6505 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6509 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
6510 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
6511 This function has two major modes of operations,
6512 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
6513 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
6514 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
6515 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
6516 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
6520 break_command_really (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6521 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
6522 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
6523 int tempflag
, int hardwareflag
, int traceflag
,
6525 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
6526 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
6530 struct gdb_exception e
;
6531 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
6532 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
6535 char *addr_start
= arg
;
6537 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6538 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
6539 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args
;
6543 enum bptype type_wanted
;
6550 parse_args
.arg_p
= &arg
;
6551 parse_args
.sals_p
= &sals
;
6552 parse_args
.addr_string_p
= &addr_string
;
6553 parse_args
.not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
6555 e
= catch_exception (uiout
, do_captured_parse_breakpoint
,
6556 &parse_args
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
6558 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
6562 throw_exception (e
);
6566 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
6568 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
6571 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
6572 throw_exception (e
);
6574 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
6576 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
6577 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
6578 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
6579 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
6582 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
6583 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
6584 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
6585 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
6586 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
6587 addr_string
= ©_arg
;
6589 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
6594 throw_exception (e
);
6601 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
6602 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6606 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
6607 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
6609 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
6610 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
6613 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
6614 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
6615 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
6616 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
6617 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6619 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
6620 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
6621 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
6623 if (addr_string
[i
] != NULL
)
6624 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
[i
]);
6627 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
6628 are ok for the target. */
6630 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
, addr_start
);
6632 type_wanted
= (traceflag
6634 : (hardwareflag
? bp_hardware_breakpoint
: bp_breakpoint
));
6636 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
6637 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
6641 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
6643 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
6644 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
6645 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
6646 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
6649 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
6652 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6656 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
6659 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
6660 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6663 create_breakpoints (gdbarch
, sals
, addr_string
, cond_string
, type_wanted
,
6664 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
6665 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6669 struct symtab_and_line sal
= {0};
6670 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6672 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
6674 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
6675 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6676 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6678 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
[0];
6679 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
6680 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6681 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6682 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
6684 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6685 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
6687 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6688 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6689 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6690 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6696 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
6697 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
6698 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
6700 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6701 /* But cleanup everything else. */
6702 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6704 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
6705 update_global_location_list (1);
6708 /* Set a breakpoint.
6709 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
6710 condition, and thread.
6711 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
6712 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
6716 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
6718 int hardwareflag
= flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
;
6719 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
6721 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
6723 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
6724 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6725 0 /* Ignore count */,
6726 pending_break_support
,
6727 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
6734 set_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6735 char *address
, char *condition
,
6736 int hardwareflag
, int tempflag
,
6737 int thread
, int ignore_count
,
6738 int pending
, int enabled
)
6740 break_command_really (gdbarch
,
6741 address
, condition
, thread
,
6742 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6743 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6746 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
: AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
,
6750 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
6751 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
6752 the debugging information. explicit_pc and explicit_line are
6755 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
6758 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6761 struct symtab_and_line start_sal
;
6762 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6764 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6766 sym
= find_pc_function (sal
->pc
);
6769 start_sal
= find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6770 if (sal
->pc
< start_sal
.pc
)
6772 start_sal
.explicit_line
= sal
->explicit_line
;
6773 start_sal
.explicit_pc
= sal
->explicit_pc
;
6778 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6781 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
6784 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6788 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6790 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
6791 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
6792 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
6795 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
6796 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6797 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
6799 /* Preserve the original line number. */
6800 int saved_line
= sal
->line
;
6801 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
6802 sal
->line
= saved_line
;
6806 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6808 struct blockvector
*bv
;
6812 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
6815 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
6818 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
6819 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
6823 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
6824 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
6825 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
6828 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
6829 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6831 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
6833 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
6835 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
6837 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6844 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6846 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
6850 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6852 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
6856 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6858 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
6862 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6864 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
6868 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6870 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
6871 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
6872 stop at <line>\n"));
6876 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6880 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
6882 else if (*arg
!= '*')
6887 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
6888 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
6889 function/method name */
6890 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
6892 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
6897 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
6899 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
6903 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
6905 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
6909 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6913 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
6920 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
6921 it is probably a line number. */
6922 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
6924 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
6929 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
6931 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
6935 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
6937 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
6940 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
6941 hw_read: watch read,
6942 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
6944 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
6946 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
6947 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
6948 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6949 struct expression
*exp
;
6950 struct block
*exp_valid_block
;
6951 struct value
*val
, *mark
;
6952 struct frame_info
*frame
;
6953 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
6954 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
6955 char *tok
, *id_tok_start
, *end_tok
;
6957 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
6958 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
6959 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
6960 int i
, other_type_used
, target_resources_ok
= 0;
6961 enum bptype bp_type
;
6965 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
6967 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
6968 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
6970 toklen
= strlen (arg
); /* Size of argument list. */
6972 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
6973 tok
= arg
+ toklen
- 1;
6975 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
6976 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
6977 be the thread identifier. */
6978 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
6980 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
6983 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
6984 id_tok_start
= tok
+ 1;
6986 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
6987 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
6988 reach a "thread" token. */
6989 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
6994 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
6997 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
6998 calculate the length of the token. */
7000 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7002 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7004 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
7005 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
7006 only in a specific thread. */
7009 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
7010 thread
= strtol (id_tok_start
, &endp
, 0);
7012 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
7014 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
7015 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start
);
7017 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
7018 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
7019 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
7021 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
7022 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
7023 evaluate_expression() function. */
7028 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
7030 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
7031 innermost_block
= NULL
;
7033 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
7035 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
7036 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
7038 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
7041 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
7042 mark
= value_mark ();
7043 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp
, &val
, NULL
, NULL
);
7045 release_value (val
);
7048 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7052 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7055 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7056 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7058 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7059 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
7063 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
7065 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
7066 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
7067 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
7068 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
7070 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
7072 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val
);
7073 if (mem_cnt
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7074 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
7077 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type
, &other_type_used
);
7078 target_resources_ok
=
7079 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type
, i
+ mem_cnt
,
7081 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7082 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
7084 if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7085 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
7088 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
7089 watchpoint could not be set. */
7090 if (!mem_cnt
|| target_resources_ok
<= 0)
7091 bp_type
= bp_watchpoint
;
7093 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
7095 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
7096 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
7097 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
7098 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
7099 if (innermost_block
&& frame
)
7101 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7104 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7105 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
7106 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
7108 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7110 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
7111 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
7113 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
7114 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
7116 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
7117 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
7118 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
7119 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
7120 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7121 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
7122 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
7123 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
7124 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
7128 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
7129 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_type
);
7130 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7131 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7133 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7135 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
7136 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
7139 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
7141 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
7146 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
7148 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
7150 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
7152 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
7153 need to act on them together. */
7154 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
7155 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7158 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7160 update_global_location_list (1);
7163 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
7164 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
7165 in hardware return zero. */
7168 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
7170 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
7171 struct value
*head
= v
;
7173 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
7174 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
7177 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
7178 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
7179 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
7180 hardware watchpoint.
7182 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
7183 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
7184 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
7185 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
7186 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
7187 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
7188 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
7189 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
7190 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
7192 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
7193 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
7194 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
7195 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
7196 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
7198 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
7201 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
7202 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
7203 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
7207 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
7208 it with hardware watchpoints. */
7209 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
7211 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
7212 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
7213 middle of some value chain. */
7215 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7216 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
7218 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
7219 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
7221 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
))
7228 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
7229 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
7230 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
7231 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
7232 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
7235 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
7236 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
7237 return found_memory_cnt
;
7241 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7243 watch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7247 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7249 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
7253 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7255 rwatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7259 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7261 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
7265 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7267 awatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7271 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7273 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
7277 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
7278 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
7280 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
7282 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7283 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
7286 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
7287 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
7288 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
7291 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
7293 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
7295 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
7297 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
7301 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
7303 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7304 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7305 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
7306 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7307 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
7308 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7310 clear_proceed_status ();
7312 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
7315 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7316 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7317 default_breakpoint_line
, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7319 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
,
7320 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7322 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
7323 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
7326 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed */
7329 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7331 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
7334 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
7335 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
7336 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7337 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
7339 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only
7340 at the very same frame. */
7341 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7342 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
7345 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
7347 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
7350 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7352 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
7353 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7354 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7356 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
7358 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
7361 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
7363 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
7364 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
7365 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
7366 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
7368 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
7370 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
7371 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
7373 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
7374 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
7376 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
7377 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
7378 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
7382 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7386 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
)
7388 if ((s
== NULL
) || (*s
== NULL
))
7390 while (isspace (**s
))
7394 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
7395 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7397 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
7398 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
7399 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
7400 if clause in the arg string. */
7403 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
7407 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
7410 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
7413 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
7414 condition string. */
7415 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg
);
7418 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
7419 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
7424 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
7425 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7427 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
7428 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
7429 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
7430 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
7432 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
7433 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
7435 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
)
7437 static char filename
[1024];
7442 if ((*arg_p
== '\0') || isspace (*arg_p
))
7460 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
7461 process start/exit, etc. */
7465 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
7466 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
7471 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7473 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7474 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7475 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
7478 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
7479 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
7480 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
7484 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7486 /* The allowed syntax is:
7488 catch [v]fork if <cond>
7490 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7491 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7493 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7494 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7496 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
7497 and enable reporting of such events. */
7500 case catch_fork_temporary
:
7501 case catch_fork_permanent
:
7502 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7503 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
7505 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
7506 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
7507 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7508 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
7511 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
7517 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7519 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7521 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7523 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7527 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7529 /* The allowed syntax is:
7531 catch exec if <cond>
7533 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7534 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7536 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7537 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7539 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
7540 and enable reporting of such events. */
7541 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7542 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
7545 static enum print_stop_action
7546 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7548 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
7550 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7552 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7553 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
7554 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
7557 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7559 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
7561 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7562 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7564 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
7565 : " (exception caught), ");
7566 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7568 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7569 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
7570 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7571 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7573 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7577 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7579 struct value_print_options opts
;
7580 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7581 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7584 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
7585 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
7587 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
7588 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
7593 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
7594 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
7596 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
7600 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7605 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7606 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7607 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
7608 : _("Catchpoint "));
7609 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7610 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
7614 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
7617 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
7618 print_exception_catchpoint
,
7619 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
7620 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
7624 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
7625 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
7627 char *trigger_func_name
;
7629 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7630 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
7632 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
7634 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
7635 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
7636 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
7639 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
7640 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
7646 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
7649 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
7650 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
7652 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7653 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
= NULL
;
7657 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7659 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7661 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7662 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7664 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
7665 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7666 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
7668 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
7671 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
7674 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
7677 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7679 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7680 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7683 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
7686 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7688 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7689 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7692 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
7695 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7696 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7700 struct expression
*cond
,
7701 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7705 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7709 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7711 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7713 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7714 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
7715 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
7716 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
7717 used for different exception names will use the same address.
7718 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
7719 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
7720 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
7721 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
7722 enough for now, though. */
7725 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
7726 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7728 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7729 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7730 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7731 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7732 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
7733 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7734 b
->language
= language_ada
;
7735 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7736 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
7741 update_global_location_list (1);
7744 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
7747 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7748 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7750 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7752 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7754 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
7755 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
7756 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7757 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
7758 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
7760 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7764 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
7765 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
7766 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
7767 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
7771 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
7773 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
7775 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
7776 VEC_free (int, iter
);
7779 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
7780 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
7782 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
7784 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
7785 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
7787 while (*arg
!= '\0')
7789 int i
, syscall_number
;
7794 /* Skip whitespace. */
7795 while (isspace (*arg
))
7798 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
7799 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
7803 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
7804 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
7805 if (*endptr
== '\0')
7806 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
7809 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
7811 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
7813 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
7814 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because
7815 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to
7817 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
7820 /* Ok, it's valid. */
7821 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
7824 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7828 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
7831 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7836 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7838 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
7839 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
7840 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
7841 this architeture yet."));
7843 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7845 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7847 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
7848 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
7849 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
7850 for his/her architecture. */
7851 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
7853 /* The allowed syntax is:
7855 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
7857 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
7860 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
7864 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
7865 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
7868 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
7871 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7873 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7875 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7876 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
7877 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
7879 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7883 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
7884 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
7885 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7889 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7891 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
7896 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7898 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
7901 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
7904 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7906 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7907 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
7910 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7911 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7916 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
7921 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
7922 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7923 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
7924 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
7925 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
7926 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
7927 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
7928 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
7929 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
7930 error (_("No source file specified."));
7938 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
7939 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
7940 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
7941 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
7942 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
7944 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
7945 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
7946 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
7947 due to optimization, all in one block.
7948 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
7949 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
7950 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
7951 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
7952 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
7955 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
7956 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
7957 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
7961 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
7963 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
7964 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
7965 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
7968 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
7973 1 0 <can't happen> */
7977 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
7982 /* Are we going to delete b? */
7983 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
7984 && b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
7985 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
7986 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
7987 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
7989 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
7990 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7992 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
7993 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
7994 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
7995 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
7996 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
7997 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
7998 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
7999 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
8000 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
8001 && strcmp (b
->source_file
, sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
8002 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
8003 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
8012 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
8015 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
8016 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
8019 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
8021 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
8024 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
8025 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
8028 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
8029 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
8031 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
8033 breakpoints_changed ();
8035 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
8038 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
8039 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8042 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
8045 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
8046 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
8047 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
8050 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
8052 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8054 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8055 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
8056 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
8057 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
8059 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
);
8061 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8063 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
8064 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8068 /* A comparison function for bp_location A and B being interfaced to qsort.
8069 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does
8070 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering
8071 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array
8072 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */
8075 bp_location_compare (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
8077 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8078 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8080 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
8081 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
8083 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
8084 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
8085 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
8087 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same
8088 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
8090 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
8091 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
8092 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
8094 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
8097 /* Interface bp_location_compare as the COMPAR parameter of qsort function. */
8100 bp_location_compare_for_qsort (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
8102 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
8103 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
8105 return bp_location_compare (a
, b
);
8108 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
8109 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of
8110 the bp_location array. */
8113 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
8115 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
8117 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
8118 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
8120 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
8122 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
8124 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
8127 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
8128 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
8130 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
8131 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
8132 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
8133 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
8135 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
8137 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
8138 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
8139 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
8140 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
8144 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
8145 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
8146 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
8147 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
8148 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
8149 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
8150 returns true on them.
8152 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
8153 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
8154 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
8155 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
8156 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
8157 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
8160 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
8162 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8163 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
8164 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
8166 /* The first bp_location being the only one non-DUPLICATE for the current run
8167 of the same ADDRESS. */
8168 struct bp_location
*loc_first
;
8170 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built
8171 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
8172 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
8173 unsigned old_location_count
;
8175 old_location
= bp_location
;
8176 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
8178 bp_location_count
= 0;
8179 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
8182 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8183 bp_location_count
++;
8185 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
8188 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8190 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
8191 bp_location_compare_for_qsort
);
8193 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
8195 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
8196 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
8197 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
8198 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
8199 we don't need to remove/insert the location.
8201 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and
8202 former bp_location array state respectively. */
8205 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
8208 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
8210 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
8213 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
8214 int keep_in_target
= 0;
8217 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either
8218 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
8219 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8220 && bp_location_compare (*locp
, old_loc
) < 0)
8222 found_object
= locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
&& *locp
== old_loc
;
8224 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
8225 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
8226 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
8227 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
8230 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
8232 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
8234 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
8236 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
8237 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
8242 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
8243 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
8244 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
8246 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
8248 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
8251 loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8252 && breakpoint_address_match ((*loc2p
)->pspace
->aspace
,
8254 old_loc
->pspace
->aspace
,
8258 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
8260 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
8261 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */
8262 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
8263 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
8266 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
8274 if (!keep_in_target
)
8276 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
8278 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
8279 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
8280 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
8283 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid,
8284 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
8285 after calling us. */
8286 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
8287 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
8295 if (removed
&& non_stop
)
8297 /* This location was removed from the targets. In non-stop mode,
8298 a race condition is possible where we've removed a breakpoint,
8299 but stop events for that breakpoint are already queued and will
8300 arrive later. To suppress spurious SIGTRAPs reported to user,
8301 we keep this breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
8302 after we see 3 * thread_count events.
8303 The theory here is that reporting of events should,
8304 "on the average", be fair, so after that many event we'll see
8305 events from all threads that have anything of interest, and no
8306 longer need to keep this breakpoint. This is just a
8307 heuristic, but if it's wrong, we'll report unexpected SIGTRAP,
8308 which is usability issue, but not a correctness problem. */
8309 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
8310 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
8312 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
8315 free_bp_location (old_loc
);
8319 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section,
8320 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
8321 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
8322 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
8323 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent
8324 breakpoints are sorted first for the same address. */
8327 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
8329 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
8331 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
8332 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
8333 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
8335 || loc
->shlib_disabled
8336 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
))
8339 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
8340 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
8341 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8342 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
8343 "actually inserted"));
8345 if (loc_first
== NULL
8346 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= loc_first
->section
)
8347 || !breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
8348 loc_first
->pspace
->aspace
,
8349 loc_first
->address
))
8358 if (loc_first
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
8359 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
8360 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8361 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
8362 "a permanent breakpoint"));
8365 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
8366 && (have_live_inferiors ()
8367 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
8368 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
8370 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8374 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
8376 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8379 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
8380 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
8382 free_bp_location (loc
);
8383 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
8389 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
8391 struct gdb_exception e
;
8392 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8393 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
8396 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
8398 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8401 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8402 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== bpt
)
8404 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
8406 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
8410 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
8412 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
8414 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
8415 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th
->stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
8419 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
8423 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8425 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8426 struct bp_location
*loc
, *next
;
8428 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
8430 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
8431 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
8433 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
8434 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
8435 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
8436 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
8437 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
8439 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
8440 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
8441 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
8442 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
8443 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
8446 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
->number
);
8448 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
8449 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
8454 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
8458 free_command_lines (&bpt
->commands
);
8459 if (bpt
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8460 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
8461 if (bpt
->addr_string
!= NULL
)
8462 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
8463 if (bpt
->exp
!= NULL
)
8465 if (bpt
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
8466 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
8467 if (bpt
->val
!= NULL
)
8468 value_free (bpt
->val
);
8469 if (bpt
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8470 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
8471 if (bpt
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8472 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
8473 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8475 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
8476 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
8477 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
8478 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
8479 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
8480 if we remove it here, then the later call to
8481 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
8482 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
8483 with commands won't work. */
8485 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
8487 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
8488 list, update the global location list. This
8489 will remove locations that used to belong to
8490 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
8491 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
8492 looks at location's owner. It might be better
8493 design to have location completely self-contained,
8494 but it's not the case now. */
8495 update_global_location_list (0);
8498 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
8499 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
8500 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
8506 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
8508 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8512 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8514 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
8518 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8520 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8526 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
8528 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8529 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8530 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8533 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8534 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8535 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8536 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8537 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8538 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8541 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
8546 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8548 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
8550 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8552 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8553 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8554 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8555 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8556 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8557 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8559 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8564 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
8568 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8570 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8571 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8576 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
8577 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
8578 Null names are ignored. */
8581 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8583 struct bp_location
*l
;
8584 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
8585 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq
,
8586 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
8588 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
8591 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
8593 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
8597 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
8599 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
8614 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8615 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
)
8619 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
8621 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
8622 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
8623 the common case where all locations are in the same
8624 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
8625 retain the location, so that when the library
8626 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
8627 status of the individual locations. */
8628 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
8633 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8635 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
8636 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
8638 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
8640 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8642 struct gdb_exception e
;
8645 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8647 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
8652 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
8653 b
->number
, e
.message
);
8654 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
8658 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8659 xfree (b
->source_file
);
8660 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
8661 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
8663 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
8665 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
8666 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
8669 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
8670 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
8671 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
8673 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
8675 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
8676 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
8677 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
8678 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
8679 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
8680 often enough until a better solution is found. */
8681 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
8683 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
8685 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
8687 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
8688 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
8690 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8691 if (breakpoint_address_match (e
->pspace
->aspace
, e
->address
,
8692 l
->pspace
->aspace
, l
->address
))
8700 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8701 if (l
->function_name
8702 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
8712 update_global_location_list (1);
8716 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
8717 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
8718 Unused in this case. */
8721 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
8723 /* get past catch_errs */
8724 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
8728 int *not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
8729 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
8730 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
8732 enum enable_state save_enable
;
8733 struct gdb_exception e
;
8734 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
8739 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8743 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
8745 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
8746 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
8749 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
8751 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
8752 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8756 set_language (b
->language
);
8757 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
8760 save_current_space_and_thread ();
8761 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
8763 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8765 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
,
8770 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
8771 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
8772 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
8773 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
8774 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
8775 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
8776 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
8778 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
8779 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8780 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
8781 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
8783 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
8785 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
8786 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
8787 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
8788 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
8789 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
8790 which approach is better. */
8791 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
8792 throw_exception (e
);
8798 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
8800 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
8801 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
8803 char *cond_string
= 0;
8807 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
8808 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
8810 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
8813 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
8816 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
8819 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8820 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
);
8824 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8825 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8826 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8827 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
8828 or it can be on local variables.
8830 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
8831 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
8832 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
8835 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8836 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
8837 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
8838 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
8839 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
8840 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8842 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8843 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
8844 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8845 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8847 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8848 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8850 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
8851 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
8852 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
8854 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
8855 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
8861 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
8863 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
8864 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
8865 case bp_overlay_event
:
8866 case bp_longjmp_master
:
8867 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8870 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
8871 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
8872 case bp_shlib_event
:
8874 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
8875 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
8876 case bp_thread_event
:
8878 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
8879 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
8880 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
8881 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
8884 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
8886 case bp_step_resume
:
8888 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
8893 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8897 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
8899 breakpoint_re_set (void)
8901 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8902 enum language save_language
;
8903 int save_input_radix
;
8904 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8906 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
8907 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
8908 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
8910 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8912 /* Format possible error msg */
8913 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
8915 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
8916 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
8917 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8919 set_language (save_language
);
8920 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
8922 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
8924 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8926 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
8927 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
8928 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
8929 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
8930 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
8933 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
8935 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
8936 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
8938 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8940 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
8942 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8943 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8945 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
8946 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
8947 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
8949 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
8953 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
8954 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
8955 which ends with a period (no newline). */
8958 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
8960 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8966 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
8968 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
8972 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
8974 else if (count
== 1)
8975 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
8978 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
8981 breakpoints_changed ();
8982 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
8986 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
8990 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8992 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
8996 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
8999 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9005 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
9007 num
= get_number (&p
);
9009 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
9011 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
9013 set_ignore_count (num
,
9014 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
9017 printf_filtered ("\n");
9020 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
9021 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
9024 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*))
9029 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
9033 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
9040 num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9043 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
9047 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
9048 if (b
->number
== num
)
9050 struct breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
9053 if (related_breakpoint
)
9054 function (related_breakpoint
);
9058 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
9064 static struct bp_location
*
9065 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
9067 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
9071 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9072 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9077 bp_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9079 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9082 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
9087 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
9088 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9091 loc_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9093 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
9097 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
9100 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
9106 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9107 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9108 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9111 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9113 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
9114 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
9115 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
9116 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
9119 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
9120 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9123 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9125 update_global_location_list (0);
9127 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9131 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9133 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9135 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9139 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9145 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9147 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9148 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9149 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9150 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9154 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9156 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9159 update_global_location_list (0);
9162 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, disable_breakpoint
);
9166 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
9168 int target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
9171 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9174 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9175 target_resources_ok
=
9176 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9178 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9179 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9180 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9181 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9184 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
9185 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9186 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
9187 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9189 struct gdb_exception e
;
9191 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9193 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
9197 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
9203 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
9204 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9205 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
9206 update_global_location_list (1);
9207 breakpoints_changed ();
9209 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9214 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9216 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
9219 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
9220 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
9221 in stopping the inferior. */
9224 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9226 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9228 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9232 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9238 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9240 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9241 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9242 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9243 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9247 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9249 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9252 update_global_location_list (1);
9255 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_breakpoint
);
9259 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9261 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_disable
);
9265 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9267 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_once_breakpoint
);
9271 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9273 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_del
);
9277 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9279 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_delete_breakpoint
);
9283 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9288 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9292 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
9294 struct symtabs_and_lines
9295 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
9297 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9299 error (_("Empty line specification."));
9300 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9301 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9302 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9303 default_breakpoint_line
,
9304 (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9306 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9307 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9309 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
9313 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
9314 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
9315 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
9316 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
9320 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9321 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9323 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
9325 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
9327 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
9328 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
9330 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
9332 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
9340 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
9343 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
9345 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
9348 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
9354 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
9356 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
9357 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
9359 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
9362 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9363 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR next_pc
)
9367 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
9369 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
9370 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
9374 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
9375 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
9376 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
9379 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
9380 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
9381 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
9382 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
9383 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
9384 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
9386 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
9388 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
9389 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
9392 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
9395 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
9397 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
9399 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
9401 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
9402 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
9403 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
9404 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
9406 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
9408 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
9409 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
9410 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
9411 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
9415 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
9418 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9422 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
9424 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
9426 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
9427 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
9435 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
9436 non-zero otherwise. */
9438 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
9440 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
9441 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
9442 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
9449 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
9451 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
9453 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
9457 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
9459 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9461 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9462 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
9464 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
9468 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
9470 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
9480 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
9482 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
9483 char *text
, char *word
)
9485 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
9486 return (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
9489 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
9491 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
9493 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
9495 tracepoint_count
= num
;
9496 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
9500 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9502 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9504 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9505 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
9507 0 /* Ignore count */,
9508 pending_break_support
,
9512 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9515 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
9519 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
9521 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9522 int tps_to_list
= 0;
9524 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
9537 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
9542 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
9543 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp
, from_tty
);
9546 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
9547 Not supported by all targets. */
9549 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9551 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9554 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
9555 Not supported by all targets. */
9557 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9559 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9562 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
9564 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9566 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9572 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
9574 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
9575 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
9576 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
9581 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
9586 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
9588 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
9590 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9592 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
9594 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9599 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
9602 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
9604 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
9605 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
9606 Also accepts special argument "all". */
9609 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9611 struct breakpoint
*t1
= (struct breakpoint
*) -1, *t2
;
9615 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9616 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
9618 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
9620 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
9623 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
9625 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
9628 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9631 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 1);
9637 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2
)
9638 if (t1
== (struct breakpoint
*) -1 || t1
== t2
)
9640 t2
->pass_count
= count
;
9641 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2
->number
);
9643 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
9647 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 0);
9654 get_tracepoint (int num
)
9656 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9659 if (t
->number
== num
)
9665 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
9666 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
9667 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
9668 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
9670 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
, int multi_p
, int optional_p
)
9672 extern int tracepoint_count
;
9673 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9675 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
9677 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
9680 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
9682 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
9685 tpnum
= multi_p
? get_number_or_range (arg
) : get_number (arg
);
9689 if (instring
&& *instring
)
9690 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
9693 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
9698 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
9703 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
9704 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
9705 allow us to discover this. */
9706 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
9710 /* save-tracepoints command */
9712 tracepoint_save_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9714 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
9716 struct action_line
*line
;
9718 char *i1
= " ", *i2
= " ";
9719 char *indent
, *actionline
, *pathname
;
9721 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9723 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9724 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
9726 /* See if we have anything to save. */
9727 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9734 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
9738 pathname
= tilde_expand (args
);
9739 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
9740 fp
= fopen (pathname
, "w");
9742 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
9743 args
, safe_strerror (errno
));
9744 make_cleanup_fclose (fp
);
9746 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9748 if (tp
->addr_string
)
9749 fprintf (fp
, "trace %s\n", tp
->addr_string
);
9752 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
9753 fprintf (fp
, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp
);
9757 fprintf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
9761 fprintf (fp
, " actions\n");
9763 for (line
= tp
->actions
; line
; line
= line
->next
)
9765 struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
;
9767 QUIT
; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
9768 actionline
= line
->action
;
9769 while (isspace ((int) *actionline
))
9772 fprintf (fp
, "%s%s\n", indent
, actionline
);
9773 if (*actionline
!= '#') /* skip for comment lines */
9775 cmd
= lookup_cmd (&actionline
, cmdlist
, "", -1, 1);
9777 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline
);
9778 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, while_stepping_pseudocommand
))
9780 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, end_actions_pseudocommand
))
9786 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9788 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args
);
9792 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
9797 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
9798 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
9800 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9802 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
9809 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
9810 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
9811 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
9812 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
9813 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
9814 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
9815 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
9816 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
9817 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
9818 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
9819 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
9821 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
9822 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
9824 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
9826 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
9828 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
9829 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
9831 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
9832 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
9834 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
9835 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
9837 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
9838 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9839 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
9840 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
9841 char *text
, char *word
),
9842 void *user_data_catch
,
9843 void *user_data_tcatch
)
9845 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
9847 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
9849 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
9850 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
9851 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
9853 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
9855 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
9856 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
9857 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
9861 clear_syscall_counts (int pid
)
9863 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
9865 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
9866 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
9867 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
9871 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
9873 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
9874 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
9875 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
9877 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
9878 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
9880 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
9881 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
9882 before a breakpoint is set. */
9883 breakpoint_count
= 0;
9885 tracepoint_count
= 0;
9887 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
9888 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
9889 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
9891 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
9893 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
9894 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
9895 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
9896 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
9897 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
9898 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
9899 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
9900 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
9902 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
9903 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
9904 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
9905 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
9907 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
9908 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
9909 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
9910 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
9911 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
9913 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
9914 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
9916 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
9917 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
9918 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
9919 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
9921 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
9922 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
9924 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
9925 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
9926 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
9927 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
9929 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
9930 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
9932 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
9933 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
9934 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
9935 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
9936 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
9937 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
9938 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
9940 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
9941 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
9942 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
9943 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
9944 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
9945 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
9947 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
9949 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
9950 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
9951 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
9952 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
9953 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
9954 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
9956 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
9957 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
9958 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
9961 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
9962 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
9963 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
9966 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
9967 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
9968 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
9971 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
9972 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
9973 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
9976 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
9977 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
9978 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
9979 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
9980 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
9981 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
9982 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
9983 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
9985 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
9986 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
9987 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
9988 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
9989 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
9991 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
9992 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
9993 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
9994 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
9995 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
9996 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
9999 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10000 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10001 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10002 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10004 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
10005 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
10006 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10007 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10008 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10010 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10011 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
10012 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10013 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
10015 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
10016 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10017 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10018 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10019 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
10022 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
10023 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
10024 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10025 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
10026 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
10027 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
10029 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
10030 is executing in.\n\
10032 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
10034 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
10035 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
10036 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
10037 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10039 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
10040 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
10041 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
10042 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
10045 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10049 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
10050 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
10051 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10052 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
10053 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
10054 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
10055 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
10056 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10057 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10058 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10059 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10060 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10061 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10062 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10063 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10064 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10066 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10067 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10068 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10069 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10070 breakpoint set."));
10073 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
10074 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10075 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10076 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10077 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10078 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10079 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10080 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10081 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10083 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10084 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10085 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10086 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10087 breakpoint set."));
10090 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10091 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10092 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10093 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10094 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10095 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10096 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10097 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10098 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10100 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10101 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10102 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10103 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10104 breakpoint set."));
10106 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
10107 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10108 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10109 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10110 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10111 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
10112 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
10113 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
10114 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
10115 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10116 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10117 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10118 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10120 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10121 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10122 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10123 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10125 &maintenanceinfolist
);
10127 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
10128 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
10129 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
10130 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10132 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
10133 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
10134 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
10135 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10137 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
10138 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
10139 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
10140 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10141 catch_catch_command
,
10145 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
10146 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
10147 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10148 catch_throw_command
,
10152 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
10153 catch_fork_command_1
,
10155 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
10156 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
10157 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
10158 catch_fork_command_1
,
10160 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
10161 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
10162 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
10163 catch_exec_command_1
,
10167 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
10168 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
10169 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
10170 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
10171 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
10172 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
10173 catch_syscall_command_1
,
10174 catch_syscall_completer
,
10177 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
10178 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
10179 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10180 catch_ada_exception_command
,
10184 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
10185 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
10186 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10187 catch_assert_command
,
10192 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
10193 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10194 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10195 an expression changes."));
10196 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10198 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
10199 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10200 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10201 an expression is read."));
10202 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10204 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
10205 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10206 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10207 an expression is either read or written."));
10208 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10210 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info
,
10211 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
10214 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
10215 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
10216 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
10217 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
10218 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10219 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10220 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
10221 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
10222 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
10225 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
10226 &setlist
, &showlist
);
10228 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
10230 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
10232 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
10233 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
10235 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
10236 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
10237 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10239 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
10240 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10241 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10242 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10244 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
10245 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
10246 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
10247 last tracepoint set."));
10249 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
10251 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
10252 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
10253 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10254 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
10257 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
10258 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
10259 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10260 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
10262 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
10264 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
10265 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
10266 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10267 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
10269 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
10271 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
10272 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
10273 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
10274 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
10275 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
10277 c
= add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace
, tracepoint_save_command
, _("\
10278 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
10279 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
10280 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
10282 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10283 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10284 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10285 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10286 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
10287 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
10288 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10289 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10290 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10291 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10292 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
10293 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
10295 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
10296 &pending_break_support
, _("\
10297 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10298 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10299 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
10300 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
10301 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
10302 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
10304 show_pending_break_support
,
10305 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10306 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10308 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
10310 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
10311 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
10312 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10313 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10314 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
10315 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
10316 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
10318 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
10319 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10320 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10322 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
10323 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
10324 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10325 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10326 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
10327 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
10328 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
10329 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
10330 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
10331 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
10332 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
10333 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
10335 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
10336 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10337 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10339 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
10341 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);